4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2019 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
38 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
40 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
41 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
45 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
46 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
47 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
49 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
51 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
55 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
56 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
63 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
64 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
66 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
69 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
70 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
71 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
72 #include <sys/unique.h>
73 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
74 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
75 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
78 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
80 #include <sys/callb.h>
81 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
82 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
83 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
84 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
85 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
90 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
91 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
92 #include <sys/callb.h>
94 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
98 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
101 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
104 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
106 typedef enum zti_modes
{
107 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
108 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
109 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
113 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
114 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
115 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
116 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
118 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
119 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
121 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
122 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
127 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
128 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
132 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
133 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
134 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
135 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
136 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
137 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
138 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
139 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
140 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
141 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
142 * particular taskq is chosen at random.
144 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
145 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
146 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
148 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
149 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
150 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
151 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
152 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
153 { ZTI_P(12, 8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
154 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
156 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
159 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
160 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
161 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
162 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
);
163 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
165 uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 75; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
166 boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
167 uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
169 boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process ==> no sysdc */
172 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
173 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
175 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
178 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
179 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
181 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
184 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
186 int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
189 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
190 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
191 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
192 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
193 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
195 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
196 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
197 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
198 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
200 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
201 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
202 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
204 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
205 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
206 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
207 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
209 unsigned long zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
212 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
213 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
214 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
216 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
217 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
218 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
219 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
220 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
221 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
223 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
226 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
227 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
228 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
230 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
233 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
235 boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
238 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
239 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
241 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
242 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
245 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
246 * triggered in testing.
248 int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
249 int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
252 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
253 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
254 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
256 int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
259 * ==========================================================================
260 * SPA properties routines
261 * ==========================================================================
265 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
268 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, char *strval
,
269 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
271 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
274 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
275 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
) == 0);
278 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
) == 0);
280 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
) == 0);
282 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
) == 0);
283 nvlist_free(propval
);
287 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
290 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
292 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
293 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
294 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
295 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
296 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
297 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
299 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
302 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
303 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
304 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
306 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
307 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
308 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
310 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
311 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
312 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
313 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
315 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
316 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
318 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
319 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
320 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
321 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
322 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
323 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
325 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
326 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
329 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
331 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
332 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
334 version
= spa_version(spa
);
335 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
336 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
337 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
339 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
340 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
342 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
343 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
348 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
349 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
351 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
352 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
353 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
356 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
360 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
361 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
362 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
365 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
370 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
372 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
373 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
377 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
378 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
381 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
382 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
383 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
385 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
386 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
389 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
390 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
391 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
393 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
394 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
397 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
398 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
399 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
400 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
401 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
402 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
403 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
409 * Get zpool property values.
412 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
414 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
419 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
423 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
426 * Get properties from the spa config.
428 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
430 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
431 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
432 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
437 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
439 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
440 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
441 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
444 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
447 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
450 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
452 /* integer property */
453 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
454 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
455 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
457 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
459 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
461 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
462 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
463 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
464 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
466 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
470 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
472 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
473 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
474 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
477 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
480 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
483 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
488 /* string property */
489 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
490 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
491 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
493 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
496 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
497 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
504 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
505 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
507 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
517 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
518 * for the property values to be set.
521 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
524 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
526 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
529 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
531 char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
532 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
533 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
536 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
537 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
538 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
543 * Sanitize the input.
545 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
546 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
550 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
551 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
556 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
560 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
561 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
562 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
566 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
569 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
570 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
572 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
573 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
575 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
578 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
579 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
580 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
581 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
582 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
583 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
584 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
585 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
588 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
589 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
590 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
591 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
594 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
596 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
598 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
603 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
605 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
606 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
607 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
609 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
610 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
615 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
617 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
618 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
624 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
630 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
631 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
636 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
641 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
642 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
643 * is not gzip, and large dnodes are not
647 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
648 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
650 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
651 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION
),
653 !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval
)) {
654 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
656 dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os
),
657 zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_DNODESIZE
),
659 propval
!= ZFS_DNSIZE_LEGACY
) {
660 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
662 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
664 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
668 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
669 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
670 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
671 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
674 * This is a special case which only occurs when
675 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
676 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
677 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
678 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
679 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
680 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
683 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
684 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
685 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
689 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
690 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
693 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
696 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
699 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
700 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
704 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
705 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
707 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
708 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
709 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
712 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
713 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
715 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
716 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
717 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
721 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
722 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
733 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
734 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
736 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
737 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
738 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
741 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
742 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
750 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
753 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
755 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
759 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
762 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
763 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
764 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
767 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
769 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
771 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
775 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
778 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
779 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
781 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
784 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
785 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
787 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
788 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
789 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
792 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
795 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
796 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
798 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
799 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
803 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
804 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
808 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
809 * create the pool properties object, the features for
810 * read object, the features for write object, or the
811 * feature descriptions object.
813 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
814 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
815 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
826 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
827 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
834 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
837 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
839 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
840 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
841 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
842 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
849 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
851 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
852 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
853 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
856 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
857 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
858 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
859 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
862 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
863 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
864 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
866 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
867 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
869 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
875 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
877 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
878 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
880 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
882 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
884 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
885 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
886 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
887 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
888 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
890 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
891 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
895 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
896 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
897 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
898 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
899 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
900 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
901 * sysevent to update any watchers.
904 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
909 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
910 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
911 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
913 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
914 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
917 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
918 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
921 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
922 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
928 * ==========================================================================
929 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
930 * ==========================================================================
934 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
936 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
937 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
940 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
941 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
943 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
947 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
948 * re-initializes them in the process.
951 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
953 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
955 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
, last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
956 bcopy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
958 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
959 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
960 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
961 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
962 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
963 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
967 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
969 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
970 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
971 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
972 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
973 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
975 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
977 if (mode
== ZTI_MODE_NULL
) {
979 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
983 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
985 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
986 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
990 ASSERT3U(value
, >=, 1);
991 value
= MAX(value
, 1);
992 flags
|= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
997 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
998 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
1002 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1004 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1008 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1012 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1013 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1015 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1017 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1019 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1020 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1022 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1024 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1025 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1026 * priority than the other taskqs. Under Linux this
1027 * means incrementing the priority value on platforms
1028 * like illumos it should be decremented.
1030 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
)
1033 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1034 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1037 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1042 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1044 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1046 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1047 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1051 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1052 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1053 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1056 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1057 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1061 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1062 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1063 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1064 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1067 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1068 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1070 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1073 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1074 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1076 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1077 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1079 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1082 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1086 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1089 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1090 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1092 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1096 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1097 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1099 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1100 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1102 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1105 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1107 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1111 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1113 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1114 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1115 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1121 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1123 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1125 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1127 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1129 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1130 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1133 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1135 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1138 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1139 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1140 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1141 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1143 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1144 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1146 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1147 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1148 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1150 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1151 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1152 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1155 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1156 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1159 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1160 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1161 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1165 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1166 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1169 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1170 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1172 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1174 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1175 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1177 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1178 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1180 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1181 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1182 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1183 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1185 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1186 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1187 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1188 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1189 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1191 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1197 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1200 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1202 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1204 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1205 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1207 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1208 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1209 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1210 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1212 /* Try to create a covering process */
1213 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1214 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1215 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1218 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1219 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1220 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1221 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1223 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1224 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1225 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1226 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1228 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1229 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1230 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1234 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1239 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1240 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1242 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1243 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1244 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1247 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1248 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1252 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1253 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1254 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1255 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1256 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1257 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1259 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1260 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1262 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1263 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1264 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1265 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1266 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1267 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1269 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1272 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1273 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1274 * resolution of various deadlocks (zfsonlinux bug #3681).
1276 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1277 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1279 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1280 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1282 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1283 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1284 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1286 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1290 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1291 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1292 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1294 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", boot_ncpus
,
1295 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1298 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1299 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1301 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", boot_ncpus
,
1302 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
);
1306 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1309 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1311 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1312 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1313 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1314 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1315 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1317 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1319 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1320 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1321 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1324 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1325 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1326 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1329 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1330 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1331 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1334 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1336 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1337 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1338 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1340 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1342 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1343 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1344 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1348 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1349 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1350 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1351 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1354 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1355 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1357 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1358 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1360 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1361 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1363 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1364 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1367 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1368 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1370 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1371 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1372 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1374 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1376 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1378 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1379 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1380 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1381 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1382 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1383 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1384 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1385 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1387 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1388 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1390 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1391 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1394 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1395 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1398 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1399 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1405 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1406 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1407 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1408 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1411 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1412 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1418 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1421 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1424 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1427 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1433 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1436 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1438 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1446 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1452 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1454 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1457 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1460 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1463 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1466 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1473 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1474 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1477 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1479 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1480 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1482 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1483 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1486 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1490 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1492 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1494 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1495 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1496 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1497 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1500 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1501 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1502 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1503 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1504 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1507 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1508 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1509 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1513 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1515 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1516 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1517 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1519 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1520 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1521 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1523 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1524 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1525 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1527 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1528 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1529 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1534 * Opposite of spa_load().
1537 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1539 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1540 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1542 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1543 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1545 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1548 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is getting
1549 * exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some time flushing
1550 * as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to destroy log space
1551 * maps and save import time.
1553 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1554 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1559 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1561 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1562 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1563 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1564 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1565 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1566 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1572 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1573 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1574 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1578 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1579 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1581 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1582 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1583 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1584 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1585 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1589 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1590 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1593 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1595 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1596 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1597 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1598 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1599 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1602 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1603 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1604 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1607 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1609 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1611 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1613 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1618 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1619 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1620 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1623 * Close the dsl pool.
1625 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1626 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1627 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1628 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1632 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1635 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1637 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1639 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1640 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1641 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1642 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1643 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1644 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1646 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1647 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1648 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1650 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1652 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1653 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1654 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1656 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1657 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1658 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1659 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1661 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1662 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1663 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1665 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1667 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1669 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1671 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1672 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1673 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1676 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1680 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1681 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1682 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1683 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1686 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1695 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1696 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1698 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1699 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1701 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1705 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1708 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1710 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1711 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1713 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1714 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1715 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1716 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1721 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
)
1722 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1723 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1725 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1728 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1729 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
1731 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1732 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1738 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1739 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1740 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1741 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1742 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1743 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1744 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1746 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1748 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1749 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1750 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1753 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1755 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1756 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1757 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1761 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1762 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1763 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1764 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1765 * is actively in use.
1767 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1768 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1769 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1770 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1771 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1773 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1774 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1778 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1780 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1783 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1788 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1791 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
1792 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1794 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1796 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1797 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1798 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1799 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1800 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
) == 0);
1801 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1802 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1803 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1807 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1808 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1809 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1810 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1811 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1815 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1817 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1819 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1821 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1822 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1826 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1827 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1829 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1830 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1831 * state of the pool.
1833 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1837 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1839 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1840 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1841 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1844 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1850 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1851 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
1852 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1855 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1857 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1858 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
1862 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1864 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1866 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1874 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1878 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1879 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1884 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1885 * even if it fails to open.
1887 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1892 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1894 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1897 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1899 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1900 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1903 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1904 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1905 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1906 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1907 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1909 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
1913 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
1914 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
1917 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1918 * information this time.
1920 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
1921 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
1923 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
1924 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1926 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1927 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1928 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
1929 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1930 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
1934 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1936 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
1941 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
1943 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
1944 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
1945 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
1946 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
1952 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
1954 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
1955 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
1957 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1961 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
1964 char *packed
= NULL
;
1969 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
1973 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
1974 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
1976 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
1977 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
1980 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
1981 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
1987 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
1988 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
1991 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
1993 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1996 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
1997 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
2000 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2008 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2009 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2012 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2014 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2015 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2017 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2018 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2019 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2020 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2025 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2027 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2030 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2031 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2032 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2034 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2035 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2038 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2040 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
2042 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2043 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2046 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2047 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2050 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2051 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2052 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2053 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2058 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
,
2059 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, child
, idx
);
2060 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2061 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2063 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2064 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2067 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2070 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2071 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2072 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2075 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2076 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2078 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2079 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2080 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2081 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2082 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2083 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2093 * Check for missing log devices
2096 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2098 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2099 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2101 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2104 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2105 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2106 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2107 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2108 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2110 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2117 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2119 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2120 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2122 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2124 if (!spa_has_slogs(spa
))
2127 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2128 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2129 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2131 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2132 metaslab_group_passivate(mg
);
2133 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2137 return (slog_found
);
2141 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2143 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2145 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2147 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2148 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2149 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
2151 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
)
2152 metaslab_group_activate(mg
);
2157 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2161 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2162 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2165 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2166 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2169 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2175 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2177 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2178 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2182 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2184 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2189 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2190 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2191 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2192 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2195 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2196 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2197 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2201 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2203 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2204 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2205 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2206 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2207 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2209 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2211 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2212 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2213 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2215 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2218 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2219 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2220 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2221 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2225 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2226 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2228 int spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2229 int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2230 int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2234 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2235 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2237 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2238 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2241 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2242 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2243 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2245 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2247 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) && !spa_load_verify_data
)
2250 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2251 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2253 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2255 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2256 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2257 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2258 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2259 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2261 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2262 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2263 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2264 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2270 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2272 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2273 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2279 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2282 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2283 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2284 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2287 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2289 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
)
2292 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2293 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2294 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2296 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2300 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2301 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2303 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2304 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2305 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2306 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2307 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2308 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2309 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2312 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2313 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2314 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2317 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2318 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2320 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2321 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2323 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2324 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2325 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2326 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2329 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2330 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2331 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2335 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2336 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2338 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2339 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2340 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
, spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
) == 0);
2341 VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2342 ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
, loss
) == 0);
2343 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2344 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
) == 0);
2346 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2349 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2353 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2354 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2358 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2362 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2365 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2367 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2368 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2372 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2375 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2377 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2378 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2380 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2381 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2382 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2389 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2391 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2392 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2396 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2398 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2403 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2406 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2410 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2413 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2414 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2415 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2416 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2421 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2426 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2427 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2428 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2430 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2435 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2436 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2437 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2439 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2444 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2447 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2449 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2450 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2451 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2452 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2453 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2455 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2456 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2459 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2463 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2466 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2468 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2469 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2470 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2471 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2472 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2475 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2476 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2477 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2478 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2479 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2481 /* no more livelists to delete */
2482 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2483 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2484 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2485 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2486 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2491 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2492 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2493 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2494 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2498 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2501 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2502 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2503 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2505 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2506 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2508 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2509 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2511 dsl_deadlist_t ll
= { 0 };
2512 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2514 dsl_deadlist_open(&ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2515 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(&ll
);
2516 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2517 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2518 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2521 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2524 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2527 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2528 " livelist %llu, %d remaining",
2529 dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
, ll_obj
, count
- 1);
2530 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2531 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2532 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2534 ASSERT(err
== EINTR
);
2536 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2537 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2538 dsl_deadlist_close(&ll
);
2540 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2545 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed", ll_obj
);
2546 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2547 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2552 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2554 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2555 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= zthr_create(
2556 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
);
2559 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2562 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2565 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2569 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2571 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2573 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2574 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2579 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2582 uint64_t first_size
;
2584 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2587 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2589 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2590 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2592 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2594 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2595 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2596 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2600 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2601 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2602 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2605 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2606 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2607 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2608 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2609 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2610 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2612 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2613 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2614 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2615 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2617 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2618 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2619 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2620 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2623 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2624 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2625 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2627 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2628 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2629 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2632 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2633 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2634 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2636 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2637 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2638 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2640 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2641 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2642 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2643 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2644 "(%llu blkptrs)", tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
, ds
->ds_object
, first_obj
,
2645 cur_first_size
, next_obj
, cur_next_size
,
2646 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2647 first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2649 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2650 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2651 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2652 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2653 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2654 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2658 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2660 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2661 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2665 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2666 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2667 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2669 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2670 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2671 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2674 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2675 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2677 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2678 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2679 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2680 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2681 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2683 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2684 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2685 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2688 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2691 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2695 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2696 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2699 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2700 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2701 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2702 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2705 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2706 * the synctask completes.
2708 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2710 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2711 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2712 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2713 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, 0,
2714 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_NONE
, tx
);
2720 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2721 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2722 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2723 * again in a later txg.
2726 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2727 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2728 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2729 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2730 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2732 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2737 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2738 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2741 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2744 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2745 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2746 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2753 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2755 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2756 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2757 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2758 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2759 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2761 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2762 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= zthr_create(
2763 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
, spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
);
2767 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2769 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2771 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2773 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2774 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2775 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2777 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2778 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2779 zthr_create(spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2780 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
);
2784 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2785 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2786 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2787 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2789 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2790 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2791 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2792 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2793 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2794 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2796 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2797 * the original pool.
2800 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2807 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2809 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2812 /* check that the config is complete */
2813 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2814 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2817 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2819 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2820 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2821 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2822 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2825 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2826 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2828 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2829 * just do the split.
2831 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2833 /* attempt to re-online it */
2834 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2838 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2839 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2841 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2842 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2843 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2844 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2851 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2852 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2855 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2856 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2859 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2862 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2866 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
2868 char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
2871 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
2872 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2873 spa_load_state(spa
));
2875 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
2876 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
2879 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2880 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2882 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
2883 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
2885 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
2886 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
2887 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
2889 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
2890 zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0);
2893 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
2896 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
2897 spa_load_state(spa
));
2904 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
2905 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
2906 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
2909 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
2911 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
2914 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
2916 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2917 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
2919 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
2921 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
2922 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
2925 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2926 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
2934 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
2937 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
2941 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
2942 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
2943 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
2944 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
2947 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
2948 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
2949 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
2951 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
2952 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
2953 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
2954 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
2957 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
2960 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
2961 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
2963 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
2967 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
2969 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
2973 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
2974 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
2975 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
2978 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
2979 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
2980 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
2981 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
2985 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
2986 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
2987 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
2989 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
2990 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
2992 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
2996 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
2998 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3005 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3008 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3010 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3011 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3012 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3013 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3014 multihost_interval
);
3017 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3018 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3019 * writes do not land.
3021 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3022 * these cases and times.
3025 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3027 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3028 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3030 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3031 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3032 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3034 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3035 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3036 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3037 MMP_INTERVAL(ub
), import_intervals
);
3039 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3040 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3042 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3043 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3044 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3046 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3047 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3048 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3049 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
);
3051 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3053 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3056 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3057 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3059 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3060 "import_intervals=%u leaves=%u", import_delay
,
3061 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
, import_intervals
,
3062 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3064 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3065 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3066 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3067 "import_intervals=%u", import_delay
, multihost_interval
,
3071 return (import_delay
);
3075 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3076 * we detected activity then fail.
3079 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3081 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3082 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3083 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3084 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3085 uint64_t import_delay
;
3086 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3087 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3088 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3093 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3094 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3098 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3099 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3100 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3102 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3103 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3105 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3106 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3107 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3109 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3110 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3111 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3112 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3117 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3119 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3120 import_delay
+= import_delay
* spa_get_random(250) / 1000;
3122 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3124 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3125 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3126 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3128 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3130 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3131 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3132 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3133 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3134 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3135 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3136 txg
, ub
->ub_txg
, timestamp
, ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3137 mmp_config
, ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3139 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3144 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3148 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3150 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3158 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3162 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3163 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3164 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3165 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3167 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3168 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3169 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3171 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3172 char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3173 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3176 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3177 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3178 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3179 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3180 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3183 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3184 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3185 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3186 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3187 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3191 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3192 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3193 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3194 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3196 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3200 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3206 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3210 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3212 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3213 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3214 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3215 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3217 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3219 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3220 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3221 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3222 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3223 "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
3224 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3225 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3226 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3227 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3228 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3236 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3239 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3246 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3247 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3249 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3250 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3251 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3253 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3254 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3255 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3256 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3260 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3261 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3264 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3265 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3266 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3269 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3270 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3271 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3273 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3274 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3275 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3276 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3278 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3279 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3280 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3283 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3285 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3286 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3288 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3289 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3290 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3292 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3293 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3295 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3296 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3298 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3299 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3300 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3301 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3305 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3307 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3309 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3310 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3311 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3312 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3316 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3317 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3318 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3320 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3321 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3322 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3323 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3324 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3327 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3332 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3333 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3334 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3336 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3337 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3344 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3345 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3348 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3353 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3354 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3356 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3357 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3358 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3359 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3360 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3361 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3363 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3366 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3367 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3369 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3370 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3371 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3373 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3374 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3375 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3376 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3378 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3379 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3380 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3381 * for missing vdevs).
3382 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3383 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3384 * damaging it further.
3386 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3387 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3388 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3390 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3391 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3392 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3396 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3399 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3400 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3406 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3407 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3408 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3409 * config is trusted.
3412 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3415 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3417 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3418 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3419 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3422 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3426 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3427 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3429 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3430 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3437 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3439 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3440 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3441 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3442 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3443 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3444 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3445 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3446 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3450 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3452 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3454 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3455 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3458 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3459 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3460 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3461 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3462 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3463 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3464 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3465 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3467 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3468 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3469 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3470 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3471 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3472 * just in the edge case.
3474 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3475 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3476 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3481 * Find the best uberblock.
3483 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3486 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3488 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3490 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3491 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3494 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3495 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3496 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3498 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3499 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3503 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3504 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3505 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3507 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3509 if (activity_check
) {
3510 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3511 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3513 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3514 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3515 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3518 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3524 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3525 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3526 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3527 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3528 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3529 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3530 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3534 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3536 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3538 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3539 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3540 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3543 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3547 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3548 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3550 if (label
== NULL
) {
3551 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3552 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3556 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3559 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3560 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3561 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3566 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3569 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3570 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features
, &spa
->spa_label_features
, 0) == 0);
3576 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3577 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3578 * cannot open a pool.
3580 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3581 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3583 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) ==
3586 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3588 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3589 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3590 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3591 nvpair_name(nvp
), "") == 0);
3595 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3596 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3597 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
) == 0);
3598 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3599 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3600 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3604 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3607 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3608 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3609 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3610 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3611 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3612 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3616 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3618 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3624 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3627 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3629 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3631 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3632 "[error=%d]", error
);
3633 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3635 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3641 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3642 boolean_t reloading
)
3644 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3645 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3646 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3647 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3648 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3650 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3652 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3655 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3656 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3658 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3661 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3663 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3665 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3666 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3670 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3671 * the verification here.
3673 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3674 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3676 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3681 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3683 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3686 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3688 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
) == 0);
3691 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3692 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3693 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3694 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3695 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3696 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3697 * best effort policy.
3699 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3700 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3701 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3702 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3703 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3704 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3706 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3707 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3708 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3709 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3714 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3716 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3719 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3720 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3721 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3722 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3723 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3725 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3726 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3727 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3728 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3729 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3731 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3732 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3733 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3736 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3737 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3738 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3739 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3741 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3744 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3746 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3750 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3754 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3755 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3756 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3759 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3760 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3762 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3763 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3764 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3765 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3766 * an extreme rewind.
3768 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3769 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3770 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3771 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3772 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3773 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3774 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3775 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3776 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3778 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3779 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3780 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3781 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3783 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3785 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3789 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3791 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3793 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3794 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3795 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3796 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3797 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3798 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3806 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3809 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3812 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3813 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3815 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3817 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3819 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3823 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3825 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3827 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3829 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3836 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3839 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3841 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3842 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
3843 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
3845 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3846 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3847 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3850 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
3851 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3852 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3855 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
3856 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
3857 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3860 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3861 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3863 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
3864 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
3865 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
3867 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
3868 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
3869 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
3870 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
3871 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
3875 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3876 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
3878 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3879 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3880 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3883 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
3884 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3886 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
3887 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3888 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
3892 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
3893 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
3894 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
3895 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
3896 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
3897 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
3898 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
3899 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
3900 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
3901 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
3902 * available for open in read-only mode.
3904 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
3905 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
3906 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
3907 * userland in order to know whether to display the
3908 * abovementioned note.
3910 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
3911 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
3912 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
3913 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3918 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
3919 * cache during SPA initialization.
3921 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
3924 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
3925 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
3927 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
3928 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
3929 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
3930 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
3932 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
3933 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
3934 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
3935 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3936 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3941 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
3942 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
3943 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
3944 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3948 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
3949 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
3950 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
3952 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
3953 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
3954 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
3961 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
3964 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3966 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
3967 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3968 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
3970 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
3971 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3978 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
3982 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3984 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
3985 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
3986 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
3987 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
3988 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
3989 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
3990 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
3991 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
3992 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
3993 } else if (error
!= 0) {
3994 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
3995 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
3996 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3999 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4000 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4001 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4003 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4004 "[error=%d]", error
);
4005 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4009 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4010 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4013 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4014 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4015 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4017 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4018 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4019 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4020 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4023 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4026 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4028 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4029 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4031 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4032 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4033 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4034 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4037 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4038 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4040 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4041 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4042 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4043 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4046 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4047 * will not be present.
4049 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4050 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4051 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4054 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4055 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4056 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4057 * spa_sync_config_object.
4060 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4061 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4062 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4063 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4064 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4067 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4068 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4070 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4071 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4072 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4073 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4074 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4075 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4076 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4077 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4079 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4080 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4081 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4083 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4085 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4086 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4088 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4090 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4092 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4094 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4096 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4097 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4100 uint64_t autoreplace
;
4102 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4103 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4104 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4105 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4106 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4107 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4108 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4109 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4113 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4114 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4115 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4117 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4118 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4119 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4120 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4121 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4122 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4129 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4132 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4135 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4136 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4141 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4143 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4145 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4146 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4147 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4148 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4149 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4150 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4151 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4152 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4155 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4156 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4157 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4158 } else if (error
== 0) {
4159 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4163 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4165 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4166 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4167 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4168 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4169 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4170 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4171 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4172 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4173 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4174 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4177 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4178 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4179 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4180 } else if (error
== 0) {
4181 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4188 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4191 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4194 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4195 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4196 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4198 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4199 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4200 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4201 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4202 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4206 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4207 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4208 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4209 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4212 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4213 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4215 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4216 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4217 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4219 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4220 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4221 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4226 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4228 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4230 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4231 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4234 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4236 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_sm_data failed [error=%d]",
4238 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4242 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4244 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4245 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4246 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4252 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4255 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4257 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4259 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4260 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4267 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4269 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4271 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4272 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4274 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4275 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4276 "so dropping the logs");
4278 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4279 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4280 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4290 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4293 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4296 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4297 * to start pushing transactions.
4299 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4300 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4302 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4303 "[error=%d]", error
);
4304 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4313 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4316 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4319 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4320 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4321 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4322 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4323 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4325 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4327 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4328 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4329 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4332 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4334 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4338 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4339 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4341 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4342 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4345 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4346 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4348 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4349 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4351 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4352 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4353 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4354 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4355 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4357 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4358 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4359 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4362 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4363 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4366 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4370 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4372 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4373 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4376 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4377 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4380 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4381 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4382 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4384 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4388 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4390 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4393 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4394 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4396 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4397 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4398 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4400 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4406 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4407 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4408 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4409 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4410 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4416 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4420 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4421 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4424 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4425 * a pool following a split.
4426 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4427 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4428 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4429 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4431 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4432 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4435 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4437 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4441 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4444 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4445 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4446 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4447 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4448 * to read from the vdevs.
4450 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4455 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4456 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4457 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4458 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4459 * validation for now.
4461 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4462 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4468 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4469 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4470 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4471 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4472 * of zfs supports them all.
4474 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4479 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4480 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4481 * allow us to read its contents.
4483 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4491 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4493 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4496 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4497 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4499 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4500 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4501 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4504 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4505 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4507 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4508 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4513 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4514 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4517 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4518 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4519 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4520 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4521 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4523 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4524 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4527 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4529 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4532 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4533 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4534 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4535 * pool and there is no way back.
4537 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4538 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4539 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4540 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4541 * a "preview" of its content.
4543 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4544 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4546 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4547 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4549 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4550 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
4552 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4553 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4555 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4556 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4559 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4560 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4563 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4564 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4567 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4569 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4570 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4573 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4574 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4583 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4584 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4589 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4590 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4593 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4598 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4599 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4601 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4602 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4603 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4604 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4607 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4608 * too different from the untrusted config.
4610 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4611 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4612 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4616 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4620 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4628 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4629 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4630 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4631 * config stored in the MOS.
4634 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, char **ereport
)
4637 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4638 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4639 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4640 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4642 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4643 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4645 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4647 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4652 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4653 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4654 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4657 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4659 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4662 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4665 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4666 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4667 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4668 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4670 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4675 * Redo the loading process again with the
4676 * checkpointed uberblock.
4678 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4679 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4680 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4686 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4688 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4693 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4694 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4695 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4696 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4697 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4698 * we have loaded their mappings.
4700 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4705 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4706 * they are all supported.
4708 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4713 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4716 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4721 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4723 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4728 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4731 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4736 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4737 * should be autoreplaced.
4739 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4743 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4748 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4749 * when we claim log blocks later.
4751 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4755 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4756 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4759 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4760 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4761 * information and can return to userland.
4763 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4768 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4769 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4770 * which can take a very long time.
4772 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4777 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4778 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4779 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4781 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4784 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4785 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4786 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4788 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4789 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4790 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4792 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4795 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4796 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4798 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4799 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4800 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4801 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4805 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4807 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4810 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4812 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4813 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4814 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4817 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4818 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4819 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4820 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
4823 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
4826 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
4827 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
4828 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
4830 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
4831 update_config_cache
);
4834 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
4835 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
4836 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
4838 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
4839 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
4840 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
4841 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
4842 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
4846 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
4847 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
4849 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
4851 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
4852 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
4855 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
4858 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
4859 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
4860 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
4861 * deletion zthr is part of).
4863 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
4864 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4867 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
4869 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4871 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
4872 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4873 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4874 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
4875 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
4878 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4879 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
4881 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
4887 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
4889 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4892 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4894 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
4896 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4897 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
4899 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
4900 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
4902 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
4906 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
4907 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
4908 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
4909 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
4913 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
4916 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
4917 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
4918 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
4919 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
4922 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4923 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
4924 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4926 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
4927 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
4928 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4931 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
4932 if (load_error
== 0)
4934 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
4936 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
4937 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
4938 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
4940 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4941 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4942 return (load_error
);
4945 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
4946 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
4948 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
4949 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
4951 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
4952 nvlist_free(config
);
4953 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4954 return (load_error
);
4957 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4958 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
4959 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
4962 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
4963 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
4966 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
4967 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
4970 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
4971 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
4972 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
4973 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
4976 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
4977 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
4979 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
4980 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
4981 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
4982 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
4983 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
4986 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
4987 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
4989 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
4990 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
4992 nvlist_free(config
);
4994 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
4995 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
4996 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
4997 return (rewind_error
);
4999 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5000 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5001 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5003 /* Restore the initial load info */
5004 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5005 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5007 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5008 return (load_error
);
5015 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5016 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5017 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5018 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5020 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5021 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5025 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
,
5029 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5031 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5032 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5037 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5038 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5039 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5040 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5042 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5043 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5047 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5049 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5050 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5053 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5054 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5058 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5060 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5061 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5063 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5065 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5066 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5067 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5069 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5070 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5073 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5075 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5076 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5077 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5078 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5079 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5082 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5083 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
5086 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5087 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5092 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5093 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5094 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5096 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5097 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, config
,
5099 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5100 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5101 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5104 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5105 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5107 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5113 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5116 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5119 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5120 * gathered while doing the load.
5122 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5123 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5124 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
5128 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5129 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5130 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5131 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5135 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5143 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
, nvlist_t
*policy
,
5146 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5150 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, void *tag
)
5152 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5156 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5157 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5160 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5164 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5165 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5166 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5169 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5170 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5176 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5178 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5179 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5180 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5184 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5187 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5197 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5199 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5202 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5203 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5204 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5205 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5207 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5208 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5209 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5210 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) == 0);
5213 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5214 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5215 * their status appropriately.
5217 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5218 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5219 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5220 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5222 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
5223 spares
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
,
5224 (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
) == 0);
5225 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5226 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5233 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5236 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5239 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5246 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5248 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5251 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
5252 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvroot
) == 0);
5253 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5254 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5255 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5256 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5257 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5258 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
5259 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0);
5262 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5265 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5266 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5267 ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
, &guid
) == 0);
5270 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5272 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5273 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5279 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5280 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
)
5282 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5283 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5290 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5295 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5296 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5297 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5298 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5299 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5300 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5301 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5302 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5303 za
.za_first_integer
));
5305 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5308 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5309 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5310 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5311 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5312 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5313 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5314 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5315 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5316 za
.za_first_integer
));
5318 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5323 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5327 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5328 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5331 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5334 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5339 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5342 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5343 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5344 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5345 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5346 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5347 * clear' can resume the pool.
5350 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5354 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5356 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5357 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5359 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5360 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5362 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5363 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5364 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5367 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5370 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5374 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5375 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5381 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5385 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5386 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5387 * self-inconsistent.
5389 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5391 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5392 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5394 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5395 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5396 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5397 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2) == 0);
5399 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5400 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5401 spa_get_errlog_size(spa
)) == 0);
5403 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5404 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5405 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5406 spa
->spa_failmode
) == 0);
5407 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5408 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5409 spa
->spa_suspended
) == 0);
5412 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5413 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5414 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5419 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5420 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5424 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5425 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5427 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5431 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5433 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5438 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5439 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5446 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5447 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5448 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5449 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5452 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5453 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5454 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5461 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5464 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5466 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5470 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5473 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5476 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5477 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5480 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5483 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5484 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5486 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5487 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5491 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5493 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5499 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5500 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5501 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5502 vd
->vdev_guid
) == 0);
5508 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5515 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5516 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5521 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5525 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5527 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5528 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5529 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5533 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5534 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5535 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5539 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5544 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5550 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5553 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5554 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
) == 0);
5556 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5557 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5558 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5559 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
],
5561 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5562 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs
[i
], &newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
],
5565 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5566 DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
5568 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
5569 config
, newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
) == 0);
5570 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5571 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5572 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5575 * Generate a new dev list.
5577 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav
->sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5579 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5585 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5588 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5592 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5594 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5597 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5600 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5601 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5602 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5607 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5608 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5611 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5612 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5614 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5615 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5617 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5619 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5626 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5627 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5630 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5635 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5636 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5637 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5638 uint64_t version
, obj
;
5639 boolean_t has_features
;
5640 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5641 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5647 if (props
== NULL
||
5648 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5649 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5652 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5654 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5655 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5656 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5657 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5661 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5663 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5664 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5665 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5666 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5667 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5669 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5671 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5672 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5674 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5679 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5681 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5682 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5684 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5685 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5686 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5687 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5688 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5689 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5690 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5692 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5693 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5694 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5695 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5696 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5697 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5701 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5703 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5705 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5707 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5711 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5712 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5714 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5718 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5719 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5720 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5722 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5724 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5725 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5726 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5727 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5728 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5729 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5730 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5731 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5732 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5735 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5737 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5739 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5740 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5741 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5742 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5746 * Create the root vdev.
5748 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5750 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5752 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5753 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5755 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5756 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5759 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5760 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
,
5761 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5763 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5764 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5766 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5767 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5769 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5770 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5774 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5778 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5780 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5785 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5787 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5788 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5789 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
,
5791 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5792 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
5793 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5794 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5795 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5796 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5800 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5802 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5803 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5804 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5805 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
5806 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5807 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
5808 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5809 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5810 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5811 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5814 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5815 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5816 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5819 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5823 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
5825 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
5828 * Create the pool's history object.
5830 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
5831 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
5833 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
5834 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
5837 * Create the pool config object.
5839 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5840 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
5841 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
5843 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5844 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
5845 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
5846 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
5849 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5850 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
5851 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
5852 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
5855 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
5856 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
5857 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
5858 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5859 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
5860 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
5861 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
5866 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
5867 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
5870 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
5871 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
5872 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
5873 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5874 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
5875 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
5876 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
5878 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
5879 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
5882 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
5884 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
5885 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
5888 * Set pool properties.
5890 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
5891 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
5892 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
5893 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
5894 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
5895 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
5897 if (props
!= NULL
) {
5898 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5899 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
5904 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
5906 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
5907 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
5909 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5911 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5914 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
5915 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
5917 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
5918 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
5919 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
5921 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5927 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
5930 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
5933 char *altroot
= NULL
;
5934 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
5935 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5936 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
5937 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
5940 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5941 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5944 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
5946 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5947 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
5948 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5949 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5953 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
5955 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5956 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5957 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5958 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
5960 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
5961 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
5962 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
5965 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
5966 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
5968 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
5970 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
5972 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
);
5973 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
5974 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
5975 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5979 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5982 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
5984 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5986 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
5987 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5988 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5990 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
5992 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5993 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5994 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
5996 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
5997 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
5999 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6002 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6003 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6005 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6006 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6008 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6010 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6011 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6013 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6014 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6015 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6016 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6018 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6019 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6020 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6021 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6024 VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
,
6026 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6029 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6031 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6032 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6034 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6036 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6040 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6043 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6044 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6046 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6047 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6048 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6049 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6050 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6052 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6053 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6054 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6055 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, spares
, nspares
) == 0);
6056 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6057 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6058 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6059 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6061 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6062 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6063 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6064 VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6065 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY
) == 0);
6067 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6068 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
6069 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6070 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, l2cache
, nl2cache
) == 0);
6071 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6072 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6073 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6074 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6078 * Check for any removed devices.
6080 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6081 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6082 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6085 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6087 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6089 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6093 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6094 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6096 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6098 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6100 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6102 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6104 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6110 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6112 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6113 char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6117 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6119 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6122 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6126 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6128 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6129 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6130 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6133 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6135 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6136 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6137 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6138 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6139 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6140 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6142 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6145 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6147 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6148 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6150 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6153 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6156 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6158 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6159 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6160 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
,
6162 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
6164 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6165 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
) == 0);
6166 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6167 spa
->spa_load_info
) == 0);
6168 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6169 spa
->spa_errata
) == 0);
6172 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6173 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6174 * pools are bootable.
6176 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6177 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6180 * We have to play games with the name since the
6181 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6183 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6184 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6188 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6190 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6192 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6195 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6196 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6198 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
,
6199 ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
, dsname
) == 0);
6200 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6202 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6206 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6208 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6209 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6210 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6211 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6215 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6217 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6223 * Pool export/destroy
6225 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6226 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6227 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6228 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6229 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6232 spa_export_common(char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6233 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6240 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6241 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6243 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6244 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6245 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6246 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6249 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6250 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6251 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6252 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6254 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6257 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6258 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6260 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6261 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6262 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6263 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6264 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6265 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6267 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6268 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6270 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6273 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6274 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6275 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6277 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6278 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6279 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6283 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6284 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6285 * fault injection handlers.
6287 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) ||
6288 (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0 &&
6289 new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)) {
6290 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6291 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6292 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6293 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
6296 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6298 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6299 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6300 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6301 * be forcedly exported.
6303 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6304 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6305 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6306 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6307 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6308 return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV
));
6312 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6313 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6314 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6315 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6316 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6318 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6319 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6320 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6321 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6322 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6323 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6327 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6328 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6329 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6331 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6332 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6333 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6334 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6336 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
6337 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6342 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6343 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6344 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6345 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6347 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6349 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6352 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6353 VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
, oldconfig
, 0) == 0);
6355 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6357 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6361 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6362 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6363 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6365 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6368 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6373 * Destroy a storage pool.
6376 spa_destroy(char *pool
)
6378 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6383 * Export a storage pool.
6386 spa_export(char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6387 boolean_t hardforce
)
6389 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6394 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6395 * from the namespace in any way.
6398 spa_reset(char *pool
)
6400 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6405 * ==========================================================================
6406 * Device manipulation
6407 * ==========================================================================
6411 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6414 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6418 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6420 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6421 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6423 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6425 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6427 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6428 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6429 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6431 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6433 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6437 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6441 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6442 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6444 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6445 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0)
6446 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6449 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6450 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6452 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6453 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6456 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6457 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6458 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6459 * vdevs, we can not add raidz toplevels.
6461 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6462 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6463 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6464 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6465 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6466 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6467 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6469 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz */
6470 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_raidz_ops
) {
6471 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6474 * Need the top level mirror to be
6475 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6477 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6478 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6479 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6480 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6481 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6482 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6490 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6491 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6492 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6493 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6494 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6495 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6499 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6500 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6501 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6502 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6505 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6506 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6507 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6508 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6509 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6513 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6514 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6515 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6516 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6517 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6518 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6519 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6521 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6522 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6523 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6525 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6527 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6528 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6529 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6530 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6536 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6537 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6538 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6540 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6541 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6542 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6543 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6544 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6545 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6546 * is automatically detached.
6548 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6549 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6550 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6553 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6556 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6557 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6558 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6560 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6564 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6566 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6568 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6570 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6571 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6572 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6573 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6574 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6578 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6579 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6581 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6582 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6583 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6585 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6586 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6587 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6590 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6591 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6594 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6596 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6597 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6599 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6601 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6602 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
)) != 0)
6603 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6605 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6606 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6608 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6610 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6611 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6613 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6614 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6617 * Spares can't replace logs
6619 if (oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
&& newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6620 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6624 * For rebuilds, the parent vdev must support reconstruction
6625 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6626 * parents are the root vdev or a mirror vdev.
6628 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6629 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
) {
6630 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6636 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6639 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6640 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6641 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6643 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6646 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6649 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6650 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6651 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6652 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6655 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6656 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6657 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6658 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6659 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6662 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6663 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6664 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6665 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6666 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6667 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6670 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6671 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6673 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6677 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6679 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6680 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6683 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6684 * than the top-level vdev.
6686 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6687 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6690 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6691 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6693 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6694 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6695 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6697 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6698 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6699 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6700 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6701 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6706 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6707 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6709 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6710 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6712 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6713 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6714 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6717 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6719 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6720 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6721 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6722 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6725 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6727 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6729 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6730 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6731 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6733 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6736 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6737 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6738 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6740 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6742 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6743 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
6745 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6746 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
6747 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
6750 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6751 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
6752 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
6755 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
6757 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
6760 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
6761 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
6762 * respective datasets.
6765 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
6769 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
6771 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
6772 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
6773 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
6775 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
6780 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
6781 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6783 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
6788 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
6790 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
6791 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
6792 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
6793 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
6794 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
6796 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
6797 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
6803 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
6805 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
6806 * is a replacing vdev.
6809 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
6813 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6814 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
6815 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6816 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
6819 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6821 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
6823 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6826 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
6827 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
6828 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
6830 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
6831 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
6832 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
6833 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
6835 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
6836 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
6837 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
6839 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6840 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6841 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6842 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6843 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6847 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6849 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6850 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6852 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
6855 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
6856 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
6857 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
6858 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
6859 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
6860 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
6861 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
6862 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
6863 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
6864 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
6865 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
6867 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
6868 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6871 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
6873 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6874 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6875 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6877 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
6878 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
6881 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
6883 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6884 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6885 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
6886 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6889 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
6890 * we cannot safely detach it.
6892 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
6893 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6895 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
6898 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
6899 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
6900 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
6902 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
6903 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
6904 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
6906 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6907 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6909 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
6912 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
6913 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
6914 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
6915 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
6922 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
6923 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
6924 * active spare list for the pool.
6926 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6928 pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1]->vdev_isspare
)
6932 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
6933 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
6934 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
6935 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
6936 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
6937 * it's being detached!
6939 error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
6942 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
6944 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
6945 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
6948 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
6950 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
6953 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
6954 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
6955 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
6956 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
6957 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
6958 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
6959 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
6962 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
6963 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
6964 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
6965 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
6966 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
6970 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
6971 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
6973 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
6974 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
6975 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
6976 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
6980 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
6981 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
6983 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
6984 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6987 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6989 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
6992 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
6993 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
6994 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
6995 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
6996 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
6998 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7000 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7003 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7006 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7007 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7008 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7009 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7011 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7012 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7013 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7014 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7015 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7017 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7018 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7020 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7021 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7023 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7025 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7027 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7030 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7031 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7032 * list of every other pool.
7035 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7037 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7038 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7039 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7043 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7044 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7045 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7046 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7047 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7049 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7051 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7052 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7055 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7056 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7057 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7058 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7064 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7067 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7069 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7071 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7072 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7073 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7074 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7075 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7076 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7077 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7078 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7079 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7080 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7081 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7083 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7084 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7087 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7088 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7089 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7090 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7091 * the thread is not exited.
7093 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7094 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7095 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7096 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7097 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7098 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7099 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7100 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7101 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7102 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7103 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7104 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7105 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7106 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7110 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7111 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7113 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7114 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7116 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7117 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7120 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7122 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7128 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7129 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7131 int total_errors
= 0;
7134 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7135 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7138 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7139 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7140 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7141 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7142 * the initializing operation.
7144 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7146 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7147 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7148 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7150 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7153 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7155 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7156 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7157 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7162 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7163 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7165 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7166 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7167 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7169 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7171 return (total_errors
);
7175 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7176 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7178 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7180 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7182 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7183 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7184 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7185 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7186 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7187 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7188 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7189 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7190 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7191 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7192 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7193 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7194 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7195 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7196 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7197 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7198 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7200 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7201 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7204 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7205 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7206 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7207 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7209 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7210 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7211 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7212 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7213 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7214 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7215 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7216 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7217 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7218 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7219 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7220 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7221 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7225 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7226 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7228 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7229 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7231 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7232 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7235 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7237 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7243 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7244 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7245 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7248 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7249 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7251 int total_errors
= 0;
7254 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7255 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7258 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7259 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7260 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7261 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7262 * the TRIM operation.
7264 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7266 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7267 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7268 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7270 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7271 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7273 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7275 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7276 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7277 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7282 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7283 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7285 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7286 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7287 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7289 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7291 return (total_errors
);
7295 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7298 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7299 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7302 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7304 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7305 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7307 char *altroot
= NULL
;
7308 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7309 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7311 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7313 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7315 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7316 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7317 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7318 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7319 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7322 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7323 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7324 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7325 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7326 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7329 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7332 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7334 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7335 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7336 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7339 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7341 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7342 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7344 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7346 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7347 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7349 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7350 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7352 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7353 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7354 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7362 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7363 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7365 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7366 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7367 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7368 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7370 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7371 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7373 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7374 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7375 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7377 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7381 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7382 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7385 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7390 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7391 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7395 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7396 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7398 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7402 /* look it up in the spa */
7403 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7404 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7405 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7409 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7410 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7411 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7412 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7413 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7414 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7415 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7416 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7417 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7418 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7419 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7423 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7424 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7425 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7429 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7430 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7431 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
) == 0);
7432 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7433 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
) == 0);
7434 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7435 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
) == 0);
7436 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7437 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
) == 0);
7439 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7440 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7441 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7442 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7444 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7445 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7446 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7447 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7451 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7452 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7453 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7456 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7457 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7459 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7461 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7464 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7465 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7467 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7468 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
7469 glist
, children
) == 0);
7470 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7472 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7473 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
,
7475 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7476 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7477 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7479 /* configure and create the new pool */
7480 VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
) == 0);
7481 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7482 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
) == 0);
7483 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
7484 spa_version(spa
)) == 0);
7485 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
7486 spa
->spa_config_txg
) == 0);
7487 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7488 spa_generate_guid(NULL
)) == 0);
7489 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7490 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7491 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7493 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7494 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7495 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7496 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7497 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7499 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7500 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7502 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7503 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7505 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7506 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7509 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7510 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7511 * once the split has completed.
7513 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7514 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7515 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7517 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7518 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7519 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7521 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7522 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7523 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7524 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7525 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7526 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7528 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7529 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7530 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7534 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7535 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7537 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7538 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7540 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7541 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7543 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7544 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7548 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7549 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7550 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7551 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
7552 VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7553 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
)) == 0);
7554 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7559 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7560 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7561 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7566 /* flush everything */
7567 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7568 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7569 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7571 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7572 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7574 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7576 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7577 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7578 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7579 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7582 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7583 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7584 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7587 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7588 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7589 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7591 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7592 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7593 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7598 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7599 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7604 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7605 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7606 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7610 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7612 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7613 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7615 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7616 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7617 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7619 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7620 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7622 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7624 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7631 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7634 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7636 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7637 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7639 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7642 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7643 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7644 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7645 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7647 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7649 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7650 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7651 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7653 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7658 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7659 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7662 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7664 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7666 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7667 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7673 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7674 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7675 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7676 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7677 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7678 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7680 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7681 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7683 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7684 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7686 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7687 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7688 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7693 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7694 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7696 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7697 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7698 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7700 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7703 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7710 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7711 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7712 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7713 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7716 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7719 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7720 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7721 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7722 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7723 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7725 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7726 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7728 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7729 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7730 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7731 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7740 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7742 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7743 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
7745 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7747 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
7748 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7749 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
7750 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
7751 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
7752 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
7755 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
7756 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
7759 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
7760 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
7761 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
7762 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
7764 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
7766 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7767 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7769 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
7771 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
7774 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
7777 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
7778 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
7780 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7784 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
7787 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
7791 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
7793 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7795 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
7797 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
7798 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
7800 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7801 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
7804 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
7805 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
7806 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
7810 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
7811 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7813 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
7814 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
7815 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
7820 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
7824 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
7826 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
7830 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
7832 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
7836 * ==========================================================================
7838 * ==========================================================================
7841 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
7843 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7845 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7846 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7848 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
7852 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
7854 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7855 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
7856 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7857 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
7861 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
7863 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
7865 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
7866 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7868 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7869 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
7870 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
7873 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
7874 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
7876 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
7877 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
7878 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
7882 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
7886 * ==========================================================================
7887 * SPA async task processing
7888 * ==========================================================================
7892 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7894 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
7895 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7896 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
7897 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
7900 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
7901 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
7902 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
7903 * device, all of which is a waste.
7905 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
7906 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
7907 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
7909 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
7912 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7913 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7917 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7919 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
7920 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
7921 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
7924 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
7925 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7929 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
7931 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
7934 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7935 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7936 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
7939 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
7942 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
7946 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
7948 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
7949 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
7952 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
7954 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7955 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
7956 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
7957 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
7960 * See if the config needs to be updated.
7962 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
7963 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
7965 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7966 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7967 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7968 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7970 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
7972 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
7973 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
7974 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
7975 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7978 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
7979 * then log an internal history event.
7981 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
7982 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
7983 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
7984 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
7985 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
7990 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
7992 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
7993 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
7994 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7995 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
7996 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7997 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
7998 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
7999 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8002 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8003 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8004 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8005 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8009 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8011 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8012 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8013 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8014 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8018 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8020 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
)
8021 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8024 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them. Then if no
8025 * top-level vdevs are rebuilding attempt to kick off a scrub.
8027 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8028 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8030 if (!vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
))
8031 (void) dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
8035 * Kick off a resilver.
8037 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8038 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8039 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8040 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8041 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8043 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8044 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8045 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8046 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8047 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8048 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8051 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8052 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8053 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8054 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8055 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8056 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8059 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8060 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8061 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8062 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8063 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8064 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8068 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8070 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8071 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8072 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8073 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8074 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8075 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8079 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8081 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8082 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8083 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8084 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8085 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8086 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8090 * Let the world know that we're done.
8092 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8093 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8094 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8095 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8100 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8102 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8103 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8104 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8105 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8106 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8108 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8110 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8111 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8112 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8114 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8115 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8116 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8118 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8119 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8120 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8122 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8123 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8124 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8128 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8130 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8131 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8132 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8133 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8134 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8136 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8137 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8138 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8140 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8141 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8142 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8144 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8145 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8146 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8148 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8149 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8150 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8154 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8156 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8158 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8160 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8161 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8162 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8163 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8165 config_task_suspended
=
8166 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8167 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8170 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8174 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8176 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8177 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8178 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8179 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8180 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8181 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8182 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8186 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8188 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8189 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8190 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8191 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8195 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8197 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8201 * ==========================================================================
8202 * SPA syncing routines
8203 * ==========================================================================
8208 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8212 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8217 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8219 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8223 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8225 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8229 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8233 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8239 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8243 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8247 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8248 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8251 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8253 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8254 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8255 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8259 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8260 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8263 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8265 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8270 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8271 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8272 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8273 * not have any entries.
8275 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8276 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8277 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8278 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8280 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8281 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8282 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8283 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8287 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8289 char *packed
= NULL
;
8294 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8297 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8298 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8299 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8301 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8302 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8304 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8306 bzero(packed
+ nvsize
, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8308 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8310 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8312 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8313 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8314 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8315 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8319 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8320 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8330 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8331 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8332 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8334 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8335 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8336 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8337 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8338 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8339 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8340 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8343 VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
) == 0);
8344 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8345 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, NULL
, 0) == 0);
8347 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8348 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8349 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8350 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8351 VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, list
,
8352 sav
->sav_count
) == 0);
8353 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8354 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8355 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8358 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8359 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8361 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8365 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8366 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8369 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8371 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8373 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8374 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8375 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8377 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8378 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8379 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8381 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8382 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8387 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8392 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8393 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8394 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8395 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8397 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8398 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8401 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8403 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8404 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8405 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8407 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8408 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8409 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8410 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8411 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8413 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8417 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8418 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8419 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8420 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8421 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8422 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8425 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8428 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8433 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8435 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8436 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8437 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8439 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8440 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8441 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8442 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8444 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8445 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8449 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8450 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8451 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8452 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8453 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8454 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8455 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8458 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8460 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8461 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8462 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8463 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8464 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8465 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8468 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8469 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8470 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8471 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8473 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8475 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8476 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8478 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8479 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8482 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8483 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8485 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8486 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8487 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8489 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8491 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8492 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8494 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8498 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8500 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8501 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8502 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8505 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8507 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8509 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8510 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8512 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8513 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8514 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8515 (longlong_t
)version
);
8519 * Set zpool properties.
8522 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8524 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8525 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8526 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8527 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8529 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8531 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8533 char *strval
, *fname
;
8535 const char *propname
;
8536 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8539 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8540 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8542 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8544 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8546 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8547 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8549 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8550 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8551 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8554 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8555 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8557 * The version is synced separately before other
8558 * properties and should be correct by now.
8560 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8563 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8565 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8566 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8568 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8571 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8572 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8574 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8578 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8579 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8580 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8581 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8582 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8584 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8585 * so that their labels get updated. It's unnecessary
8586 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
8587 * configuration has already been dirtied.
8589 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8590 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8591 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8592 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8596 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8598 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8599 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8600 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8601 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8605 /* normalize the property name */
8606 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8607 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8609 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8610 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8611 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8612 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8613 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8614 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8615 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8616 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8617 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8618 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8620 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8622 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8623 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8625 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8626 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8627 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8628 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8629 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8630 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8632 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8636 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8637 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8639 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8640 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8642 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8643 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8645 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8646 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8647 spa_async_request(spa
,
8648 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8650 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8651 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8652 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8653 spa_async_request(spa
,
8654 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8656 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8657 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8666 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8670 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8671 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8672 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8673 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8677 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8679 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8682 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8683 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8685 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8686 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8687 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8689 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8690 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8693 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8694 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8695 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8698 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8699 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8700 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8702 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8703 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8706 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8707 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8708 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8712 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8713 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8714 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8715 * this feature active
8717 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8718 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8719 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8720 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8721 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8723 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
8724 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
8728 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
8729 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
8730 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
8732 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8733 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
8734 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8735 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
8736 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
8737 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
8740 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
8744 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
8746 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
8747 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
8749 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
8750 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
8751 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
8754 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
8755 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
8756 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
8757 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
8758 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
8759 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
8760 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
8761 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
8762 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
8763 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8764 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
8765 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
8767 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
8770 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
8771 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
8772 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
8774 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
8778 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
8779 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
8780 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
8783 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
8785 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8787 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8788 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
8789 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
8790 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
8791 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
8792 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
8794 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
8795 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8796 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8798 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
8799 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
8802 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
8803 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
8807 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
8808 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
8809 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
8811 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8812 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
8813 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
8815 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
8817 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
8818 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
8819 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8821 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
8824 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
8825 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8826 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8827 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_alloc_slots
[i
]));
8828 normal
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8829 special
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8830 dedup
->mc_alloc_max_slots
[i
] = slots_per_allocator
;
8832 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8833 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8834 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
8838 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8840 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8842 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8843 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8844 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8845 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
8847 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
8848 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
8855 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8857 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8858 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8859 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8860 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
8863 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
8865 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
8866 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
8867 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
8868 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
8869 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
8870 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
8871 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
8873 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
8874 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
8876 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
8877 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
8878 * as the log space map should effectively have the
8879 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
8881 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
8884 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
8885 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
8887 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
8888 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
8889 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
8893 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
8895 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
8897 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
8900 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
8905 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
8906 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
8907 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
8908 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
8909 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
8910 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
8911 * don't want to rely on that here).
8914 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
8915 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
8917 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
8918 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
8919 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
8921 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
8922 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
8923 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8924 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
8928 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
8929 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
8933 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
8934 * commit the transaction group.
8936 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
8937 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
8938 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
8939 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
8942 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8944 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
8945 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
8951 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
8952 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
8954 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8956 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
8957 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
8959 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
8960 int c0
= spa_get_random(children
);
8962 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
8964 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
8966 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
8967 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
8970 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
8972 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
8975 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
8976 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
8979 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
8981 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
8982 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
8986 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
8988 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8992 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
8993 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
8998 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
8999 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9002 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9006 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9009 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9010 * before this txg syncs.
9012 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9013 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9017 * Lock out configuration changes.
9019 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9021 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9022 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9024 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9025 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9026 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9027 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9031 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9032 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9034 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9035 while (list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
) != NULL
) {
9037 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9038 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9039 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9040 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9041 * into the root vdev tree.
9043 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9044 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9045 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9046 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9047 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9049 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9050 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9052 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9054 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9055 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9057 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9058 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9059 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9060 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9061 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9064 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9065 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9067 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9068 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9069 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9072 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9073 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9074 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9077 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9078 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9079 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9080 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9081 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9085 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9087 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9089 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9092 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9094 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9095 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9096 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9097 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9098 * spa_sync_config_object.
9100 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9101 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9102 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9103 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9104 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9108 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9109 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9112 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9115 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9116 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9119 * Clear the dirty config list.
9121 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9122 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9125 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9126 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9128 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9129 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9130 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9131 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9134 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9136 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9137 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9138 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_alloc_trees
[i
]));
9139 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_alloc_locks
[i
]);
9143 * Update usable space statistics.
9145 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9147 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9149 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9150 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9152 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9154 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9157 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9158 * since vdev_config_sync().
9160 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9161 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9162 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9164 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9167 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9170 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9171 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9172 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9173 * that txg has been completed.
9175 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9176 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9178 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9181 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9183 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9187 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9188 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9192 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9195 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9196 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9197 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9198 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9200 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9201 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9202 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9203 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9204 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9206 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9210 * ==========================================================================
9211 * Miscellaneous routines
9212 * ==========================================================================
9216 * Remove all pools in the system.
9224 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9225 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9227 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9228 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9230 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9231 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9232 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9234 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9235 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9236 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9237 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9238 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9240 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9242 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9246 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9250 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9255 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9259 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9260 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9261 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9265 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9266 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9267 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9276 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9278 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9280 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9283 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9284 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9287 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9288 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9290 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9291 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9293 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9295 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9299 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9303 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9305 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9306 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9309 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9310 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9311 &spareguid
) == 0 && spareguid
== guid
)
9319 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9320 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9323 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9327 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9329 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9330 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9331 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9340 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9342 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9345 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9346 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9347 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9349 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9355 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9356 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9357 * whether it is finished waiting.
9360 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9363 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9364 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9366 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9367 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9368 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9372 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9373 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9376 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9378 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9379 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9380 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9381 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9382 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9383 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9384 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9387 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9389 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9391 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9393 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9394 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9395 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9396 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9398 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9399 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9401 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9403 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9405 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9406 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9407 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9413 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9414 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9423 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9424 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9425 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9426 * spa_activities_lock.
9429 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9430 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9432 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9433 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9434 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9438 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9439 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9440 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9444 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9447 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9449 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9454 * Locking for waiting threads
9455 * ---------------------------
9457 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9458 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9459 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9460 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9461 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9462 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9463 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9464 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9466 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9467 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9468 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9469 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9470 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9471 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9473 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9474 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9475 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9476 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9477 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9479 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9480 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9481 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9482 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9483 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9485 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9486 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9487 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9488 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9489 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9490 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9491 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9496 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9497 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9501 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9504 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9506 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9507 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9508 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9511 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9512 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9513 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9514 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9515 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9517 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9518 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9519 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9520 activity
, in_progress
);
9522 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9523 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9524 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9525 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9527 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9528 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9530 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9531 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9534 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9535 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9538 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9540 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9541 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9543 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9544 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9545 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9546 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9547 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9551 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9558 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9559 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9562 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9563 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9564 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9565 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9567 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9568 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9569 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9571 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9572 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9575 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9579 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9584 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9585 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9586 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9587 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9588 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9589 * potentially long wait.
9591 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9593 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9597 boolean_t in_progress
;
9598 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9601 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9606 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9607 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9614 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9615 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9621 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9622 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9625 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9628 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9632 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9635 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9638 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9642 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9644 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9648 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9650 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9651 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9658 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9662 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9663 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9669 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9670 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9671 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9672 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9673 * or zdb as real changes.
9676 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9678 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9681 /* state manipulation functions */
9682 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9683 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9684 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9685 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9686 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9687 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
9688 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
9689 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
9690 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
9691 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
9692 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
9693 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
9694 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
9695 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
9696 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
9697 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
9699 /* device manipulation */
9700 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
9701 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
9702 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
9703 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
9704 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
9705 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
9707 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
9708 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
9709 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
9710 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
9711 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
9713 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
9714 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
9715 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
9716 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
9717 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
9718 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
9721 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
9722 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
9725 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
9726 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
9729 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
9730 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
9731 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
9733 /* asynchronous event notification */
9734 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
9737 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9738 "log2(fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
9739 "verifying pool during import");
9741 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9742 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
9744 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9745 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
9747 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9748 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
9750 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
9751 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
9753 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, ULONG
, ZMOD_RW
,
9754 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
9755 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
9757 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9758 "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
9760 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9761 "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
9763 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9764 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
9766 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9767 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
9769 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
9770 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
9771 "was being condensed");